blob: 7cb7c4f6267f10eec034d0b68c29f28242b9cd7a [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000110
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000114
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmannd9a9d562011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denk16fa98a2010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500144 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
146 /lib Architecture specific library files
147 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
148 /cpu CPU specific files
149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
156 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
157 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
158 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
159 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200166 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu2f46d422011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800167 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000169 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400176 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
177 /cpu CPU specific files
178 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200179 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
182 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
184 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
186 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
187 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
188 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
190 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
193 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
194 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
195 /lib Architecture specific library files
196 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
197 /cpu CPU specific files
198 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
199 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
200 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400201 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
202 /cpu CPU specific files
203 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
205/board Board dependent files
206/common Misc architecture independent functions
207/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
208/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
209/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400210/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500211/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
212/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
213/include Header Files
214/lib Files generic to all architectures
215 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
216 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
217 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
218/net Networking code
219/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400220/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500221/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223Software Configuration:
224=======================
225
226Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
227rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
228
229There are two classes of configuration variables:
230
231* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
232 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
233 "CONFIG_".
234
235* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
236 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
237 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200238 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239
240Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
241identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
242do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
243links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
244as an example here.
245
246
247Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
248---------------------------------------------------
249
250For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
251configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
252
253Example: For a TQM823L module type:
254
255 cd u-boot
256 make TQM823L_config
257
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200258For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
260directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
261
262
263Configuration Options:
264----------------------
265
266Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
267such information is kept in a configuration file
268"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
269
270Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
271"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
272
273
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000274Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
275kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
276build a config tool - later.
277
278
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000279The following options need to be configured:
280
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500281- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000282
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500283- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200284
285- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100286 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000287
288- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
289 Define exactly one of
290 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
291--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
292 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
293 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
294
295- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
296 Define exactly one of
297 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
298
299- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define one or more of
301 CONFIG_CMA302
302
303- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
304 Define one or more of
305 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200306 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000307 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
308
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000309- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
310 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
311 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200312 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
313 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
315 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000316
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530317- Marvell Family Member
318 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
319 multiple fs option at one time
320 for marvell soc family
321
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000323 Define exactly one of
324 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200326- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000327 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
328 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000329 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
330 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000331 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
332 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000337 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000338 See doc/README.MPC866
339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200340 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000341
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000342 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
343 of relying on the correctness of the configured
344 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
345 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
346 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100349 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
350
351 Define this option if you want to enable the
352 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
353
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600354- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000355 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
356
357 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
358 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
359 compliance, among other possible reasons.
360
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
362
363 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
364 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
365 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
366
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
368
369 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
370 tree nodes for the given platform.
371
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000372 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
373
374 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
375 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
376 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
377 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
378 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
379 purpose.
380
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
382
383 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
384 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
386
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
389
390 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
391 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
392
393 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
394 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
395 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
396 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
397
398 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
399 this erratum.
400
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530401 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
403 requred during NOR boot.
404
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core.
421
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424
Priyanka Jaine9dcaa82013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000430- Generic CPU options:
431 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
432
433 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
434 values is arch specific.
435
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
437 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
438 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
439 SoCs.
440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
442 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
445 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
446 deskew training are not available.
447
448 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
449 Freescale DDR1 controller.
450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
452 Freescale DDR2 controller.
453
454 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
455 Freescale DDR3 controller.
456
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
458 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
459
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
461 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
463 implemetation.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
466 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
467 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
468 implementation.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
471 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
472 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
473
Prabhakar Kushwaha62908c22014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
475 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
478 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
479
Prabhakar Kushwaha950f2f72014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488
York Sun29647ab2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
490 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
491
492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
493 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
494
York Sun3a0916d2014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
496 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
497 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
498 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
499
York Sunc459ae62014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800500 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
501 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
502 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
503 SoCs with ARM core.
504
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100505- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200506 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100507
508 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
509 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
510 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200512 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200513
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100514 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
515 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200516 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100517 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200518
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200519- MIPS CPU options:
520 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
521
522 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
523 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
524 relocation.
525
526 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
527
528 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
529 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
530 Possible values are:
531 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
532 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
533 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
534 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
535 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
536 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
537 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
538 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
539
540 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
541
542 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
543 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
544
545 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
546
547 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
548 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
549 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
550
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000551- ARM options:
552 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
553
554 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
555 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
556
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000557 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
558
559 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
560 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
561 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
562 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
563 GCC.
564
Stephen Warrenc63c3502013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000565 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000566 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
567 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
568 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
569
570 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
571 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
572 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
573 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
574 set these options unless they apply!
575
Stephen Warren445d56c2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000576- CPU timer options:
577 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
578
579 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
580 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
581 option must be set to 1000.
582
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000583- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000584 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
585
586 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
587 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
588 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
589 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
590 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
591 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
592 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000593 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100594 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000595 default environment.
596
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000597 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
598
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200599 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000600 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
601 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
602
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400603 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200604
605 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400606 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
607 concepts).
608
609 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
610 * New libfdt-based support
611 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500612 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400613
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200614 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
615 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
616 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
617 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200618 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600619 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200620
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200621 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
622 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500623
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600624 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
625
626 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
627 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000628
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500629 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
630
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200631 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500632 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
633
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200634 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
635
636 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
637 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
638 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
639 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
640 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
641 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
642
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000643 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
644
645 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
646 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
647 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
648 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
649 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
650 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
651 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
652
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100653- vxWorks boot parameters:
654
655 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
656 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
657 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
658
659 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
660 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
661 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
662 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
663
664 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
665
666 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
667
668 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
669 the defaults discussed just above.
670
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000671- Cache Configuration:
672 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
673 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
674 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
675
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000676- Cache Configuration for ARM:
677 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
678 controller
679 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
680 controller register space
681
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000682- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200683 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000684
685 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
686
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200687 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000688
689 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
690
691 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
692
693 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
694 the clock speed of the UARTs.
695
696 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
697
698 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
699 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
700 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
701
John Rigby34e21ee2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000702 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
703
704 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
705 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
706 this variable to initialize the extra register.
707
708 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
709
710 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
711 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
712 variable to flush the UART at init time.
713
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000714
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000715- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000716 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
717 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
718 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
719 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000720
721 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
722 port routines must be defined elsewhere
723 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
724
725 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
726 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000727 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000728 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
729 (default big endian)
730 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
731 rectangle fill
732 (cf. smiLynxEM)
733 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
734 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
735 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
736 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000737 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
738 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000739 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
740 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000741 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000742 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
743 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
744 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
745 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
746 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
747 (i.e. i8042_getc)
748 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
749 (requires blink timer
750 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200751 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
753 upper right corner
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500754 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000755 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
756 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000757 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
758 linux_logo.h for logo.
759 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000760 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200761 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000762 the logo
763
Pali Rohár4a57da32012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000764 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
765 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
766 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
767
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000768 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
769 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
770 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000771
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000772 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
773 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
774 the "silent" environment variable. See
775 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000776
Heiko Schocher62759562013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200777 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
778 is 0x00.
779 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
780 is 0xa0.
781
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000782- Console Baudrate:
783 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
784 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200785 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
786 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000787
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100788- Console Rx buffer length
789 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
790 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100791 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100792 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
793 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
794 the SMC.
795
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000796- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200797 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
798 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
799 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
800 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
801 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
802 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
803 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200804 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200805 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000806
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200807 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
808 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000809
Sonny Raocd55bde2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000810- Safe printf() functions
811 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
812 the printf() functions. These are defined in
813 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
814 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
815 If this option is not given then these functions will
816 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
817 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
818
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
820 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
821 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger96ccaf32012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000822 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
823 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824
825 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
826 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
827 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
828 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
829 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
830 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
831 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
832 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
833 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
834 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
835 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
836 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
837
838- Autoboot Command:
839 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
840 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
841 define a command string that is automatically executed
842 when no character is read on the console interface
843 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
844
845 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000846 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
847 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
848 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000849
850 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000851 The value of these goes into the environment as
852 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
853 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200854 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000855
Heiko Schocher040c5c32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100856- Bootcount:
857 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
858 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
859 cycle, see:
860 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
861
862 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
863 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
864 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
865 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
866 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
867 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
868 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
869 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
870 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
871
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000872- Pre-Boot Commands:
873 CONFIG_PREBOOT
874
875 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
876 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
877 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
878 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
879 entering interactive mode.
880
881 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
882 automatically generated or modified. For an example
883 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
884 modified when the user holds down a certain
885 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
886 booting the systems
887
888- Serial Download Echo Mode:
889 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
890 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
891 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
892 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
893 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
894 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
895 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
896
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500897- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000898 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
899 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200900 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000901
902- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500903 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
904 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000905 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
906 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500907 and augmenting with additional #define's
908 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000909
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500910 The default command configuration includes all commands
911 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000912
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500913 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500914 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
915 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
916 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
917 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
918 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
919 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simeka0d28022013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800920 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500921 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500922 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500923 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
924 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
925 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600926 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
927 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
928 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
929 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500930 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
931 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500932 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500933 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
934 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger1b0d5512012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600935 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergera2d62b72012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600936 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder94463402013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500937 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500938 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000939 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
940 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren3d5a3882014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700941 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
942 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500943 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500944 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000945 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500946 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
947 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200948 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staafd1390c82012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000949 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500950 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000951 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000952 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500953 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
954 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
955 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
956 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar3df41b12012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000957 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200958 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500959 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500960 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000961 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500962 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
963 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
964 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
965 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200966 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000967 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
968 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500969 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
970 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200971 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400972 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glasseacd14f2012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000973 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denk9d009282013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000975 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200976 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500977 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
978 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
979 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100980 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500981 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
982 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200983 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600984 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000985 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500986 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
987 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
988 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
989 host
990 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersc889fb42012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000991 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500992 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
993 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassbf6ce792012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000994 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500995 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
996 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
997 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
998 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
999 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1000 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001001 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001002 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001003 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liua671b702013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001004 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001005 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001006 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001007 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001008 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001009 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1010 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001011 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001012 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001013 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001014 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001015
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001016
1017 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1018 support you can write:
1019
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001020 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1021 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001022
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001023 Other Commands:
1024 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001025
1026 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001027 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001028 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1029 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1030 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1031 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1032 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1033 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001034
1035
1036 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1037
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001038- Regular expression support:
1039 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001040 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1041 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1042 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1043 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001044
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001045- Device tree:
1046 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1047 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1048 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1049 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1050 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1051 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1052
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001053 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1054 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001055
1056 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1057 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1058 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1059 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1060 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1061 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001062
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001063 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1064 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1065 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1066 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1067
1068 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1069
1070 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1071 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1072 still use the individual files if you need something more
1073 exotic.
1074
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001075- Watchdog:
1076 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1077 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001078 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1079 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1080 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1081 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1082 available, then no further board specific code should
1083 be needed to use it.
1084
1085 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1086 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1087 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1088 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001089
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001090- U-Boot Version:
1091 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1092 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1093 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1094 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001095 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1096 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001097
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001098- Real-Time Clock:
1099
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001100 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001101 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1102 following options:
1103
1104 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1105 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001106 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001107 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001108 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001109 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001110 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001111 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001112 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001113 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001114 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001115 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1116 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001117
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001118 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1119 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1120
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001121- GPIO Support:
1122 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001123
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001124 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1125 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1126 pins supported by a particular chip.
1127
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001128 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1129 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001131- Timestamp Support:
1132
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001133 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1134 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1135 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001136 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001137
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001138- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1139 Zero or more of the following:
1140 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1141 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1142 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1143 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1144 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1145 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1146 disk/part_efi.c
1147 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001148
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001149 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1150 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001151 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152
1153- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001154 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1155 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001156
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001157 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1158 be performed by calling the function
1159 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1160 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001161
1162- ATAPI Support:
1163 CONFIG_ATAPI
1164
1165 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1166
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001167- LBA48 Support
1168 CONFIG_LBA48
1169
1170 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001171 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001172 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1173 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1174
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001175 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001176 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1177 Default is 32bit.
1178
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001179- SCSI Support:
1180 At the moment only there is only support for the
1181 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1182 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1183
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001184 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1185 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1186 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001187 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1188 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001189 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001190
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001191 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1192 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001193
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001194- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001195 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001196 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1197
1198 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1199 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1200 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1201 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1202
1203 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1204 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1205 example with the "sspi" command.
1206
1207 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1208 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1209 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001210
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001211 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001212 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarz68c2a302008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001213
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001214 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1215 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001216 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001217 write routine for first time initialisation.
1218
1219 CONFIG_TULIP
1220 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1221 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1222 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1223
1224 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1225 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1226
1227 CONFIG_NS8382X
1228 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1229
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001230- NETWORK Support (other):
1231
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001232 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1233 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1234
1235 CONFIG_RMII
1236 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1237
1238 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1239 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1240 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1241
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001242 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1243 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1244
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001245 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001246 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1247
1248 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1249 Define this to hold the physical address
1250 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1251
1252 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1253 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1254
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001255 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001256 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1257
1258 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1259 Define this to hold the physical address
1260 of the device (I/O space)
1261
1262 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1263 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1264
1265 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1266 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1267 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1268
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001269 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1270 Support for davinci emac
1271
1272 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1273 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1274
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001275 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1276 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1277
1278 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1279 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1280 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1281 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1282 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1283 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1284 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1285 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1286
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001287 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001288 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1289
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001290 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001291 Define this to hold the physical address
1292 of the device (I/O space)
1293
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001294 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001295 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1296
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001297 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001298 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1299 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001300 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001301
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001302 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1303 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1304
1305 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1306 Define the number of ports to be used
1307
1308 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1309 Define the ETH PHY's address
1310
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001311 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1312 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1313
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001314- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001315 CONFIG_TPM
1316 Support TPM devices.
1317
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001318 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1319 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1320 per system is supported at this time.
1321
1322 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1323 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1324
1325 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1326 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1327
1328 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1329 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1330
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001331 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1332 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1333
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001334 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001335 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1336 per system is supported at this time.
1337
1338 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1339 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1340 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1341 0xfed40000.
1342
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001343 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1344 Add tpm monitor functions.
1345 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1346 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1347
1348 CONFIG_TPM
1349 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1350 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1351 Requires support for a TPM device.
1352
1353 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1354 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1355 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1356
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001357- USB Support:
1358 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001359 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001360 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1361 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001362 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001363 storage devices.
1364 Note:
1365 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1366 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001367 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1368 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1369 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001370 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1371 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001372 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1373 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1374 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001375 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1376 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001377 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001378 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1379 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001380
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001381 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1382 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1383
Kuo-Jung Su4e5923f2013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001384 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1385 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1386
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001387- USB Device:
1388 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1389 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1390 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001391 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001392 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1393 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001394 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001395 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1396 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1397 a Linux host by
1398 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1399 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1400 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1401 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001402
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001403 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1404 Define this to build a UDC device
1405
1406 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1407 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1408 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001409
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301410 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1411 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1412 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1413 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1414 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1415 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1416 speed.
1417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001418 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001419 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1420 be set to usbtty.
1421
1422 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001423 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001424 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001425 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001426
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001427 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001428 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001429 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001430
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001431 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001432 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001433 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001434 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1435 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1436 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1437
1438 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1439 Define this string as the name of your company for
1440 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001441
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001442 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1443 Define this string as the name of your product
1444 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001445
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001446 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1447 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1448 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1449 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1450 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001451
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001452 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1453 Define this as the unique Product ID
1454 for your device
1455 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001456
Przemyslaw Marczak06ef7cc2013-10-23 14:30:46 +02001457 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1458 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1459 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1460 This enables function definition:
1461 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1462 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1463
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001464- ULPI Layer Support:
1465 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1466 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1467 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1468 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1469 viewport is supported.
1470 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1471 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001472 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1473 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1474 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001475
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001476- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001477 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1478 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1479 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001480 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001481 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1482 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001483
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001484 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1485 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1486
1487 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1488 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1489
1490 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1491 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1492
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001493- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1494 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1495 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1496
1497 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1498 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1499 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1500 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1501 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1502
1503 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1504 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1505
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001506 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1507 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1508
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301509 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1510 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1511 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1512 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1513 one that would help mostly the developer.
1514
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001515 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1516 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1517 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1518 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1519 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1520
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001521 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1522 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1523 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1524 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1525 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1526 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1527
Heiko Schochere1ba1512014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001528 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1529 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1530 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1531 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1532
1533 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1534 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1535 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1536 sending again an USB request to the device.
1537
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001538- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1539 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1540 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1541 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1542
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001543 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1544 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001545 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001547 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001548 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1549 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1550
1551 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001552 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001553 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1554 have not defined a custom partition
1555
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001556- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1557 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001558
1559 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1560 file in FAT formatted partition.
1561
1562 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1563 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001564
Gabe Black7f8574c2012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001565CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1566 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1567
1568 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1569 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1570 and cbfsload.
1571
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001572- Keyboard Support:
1573 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1574
1575 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1576 support
1577
1578 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1579 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1580 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1581 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1582 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1583
Hung-ying Tyan4a48bcf2013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001584 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1585 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1586 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1587 which provides key scans on request.
1588
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001589- Video support:
1590 CONFIG_VIDEO
1591
1592 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1593 video).
1594
1595 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1596
1597 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1598
1599 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001600 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001601 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1602 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1603 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001604
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001605 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001606 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001607 are possible:
1608 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001609 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001610
1611 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1612 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1613 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1614 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1615 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1616 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1617 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001618 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1619
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001620 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001621 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001622
1623
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001624 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001625 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001626 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1627 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1628
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001629 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001630 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001631 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1632 support, and should also define these other macros:
1633
1634 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1635 CONFIG_VIDEO
1636 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1637 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1638 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1639 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1640 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1641 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1642
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001643 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1644 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1645 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1646 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001647
Simon Glass54df8ce2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001648 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1649
1650 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1651 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1652 driver.
1653
1654
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001655- Keyboard Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001656 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001657
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001658 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1659 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1660 defined in your board-specific files.
1661 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001662
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001663- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1664
1665 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1666 display); also select one of the supported displays
1667 by defining one of these:
1668
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001669 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1670
1671 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1672
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001673 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001674
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001675 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001676
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001677 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1678
1679 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1680 Active, color, single scan.
1681
1682 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001683
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001684 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001685 Active, color, single scan.
1686
1687 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1688
1689 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1690 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1691
1692 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1693
1694 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1695 Active, color, single scan.
1696
1697 CONFIG_HLD1045
1698
1699 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1700 Active, color, single scan.
1701
1702 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1703
1704 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1705 or
1706 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1707 or
1708 Hitachi SP14Q002
1709
1710 320x240. Black & white.
1711
1712 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001713 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001714
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001715 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1716
1717 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1718 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1719 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1720 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1721 a per-section basis.
1722
Simon Glassaf3e2802012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001723 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1724
1725 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1726 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1727 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1728 is slow.
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001729
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001730 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1731
1732 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1733
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001734 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1735
1736 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1737 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1738
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001739- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001740
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001741 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1742 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1743 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001744 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001745 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1746 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1747 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1748 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001749
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001750 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1751
1752 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1753 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini958a8f82014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001754 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001755 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1756 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1757 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1758 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1759 there is no need to set this option.
1760
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001761 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1762
1763 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1764 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1765 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1766 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1767 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1768 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1769
1770 Example:
1771 setenv splashpos m,m
1772 => image at center of screen
1773
1774 setenv splashpos 30,20
1775 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1776
1777 setenv splashpos -10,m
1778 => vertically centered image
1779 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1780
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001781- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1782
1783 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1784 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1785 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1786
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001787- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1788
1789 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1790 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1791 bmp command.
1792
Lei Wene4e248d2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001793- Do compresssing for memory range:
1794 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1795
1796 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1797 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1798
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001799- Compression support:
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001800 CONFIG_GZIP
1801
1802 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1803
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001804 CONFIG_BZIP2
1805
1806 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1807 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1808 compressed images are supported.
1809
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001810 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001811 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001812 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001813
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001814 CONFIG_LZMA
1815
1816 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1817 images is included.
1818
1819 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1820 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1821 formula:
1822
1823 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1824
1825 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1826 and Literal pos bits.
1827
1828 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1829 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1830 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1831 a very small buffer.
1832
1833 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1834 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001835 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001836
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001837 CONFIG_LZO
1838
1839 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1840 is included.
1841
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001842- MII/PHY support:
1843 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1844
1845 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1846
1847 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1848
1849 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1850
1851 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1852
1853 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001854 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001855
1856 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1857
1858 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1859 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1860 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1861 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1862
1863 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1864
1865 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1866 command issued before MII status register can be read
1867
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001868- Ethernet address:
1869 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001870 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001871 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1872 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubune5167f12008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001873 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1874 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001875
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001876 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1877 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001878 is not determined automatically.
1879
1880- IP address:
1881 CONFIG_IPADDR
1882
1883 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001884 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001885 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001886 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001887
1888- Server IP address:
1889 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1890
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001891 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001892 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001893 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001894
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001895 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1896
1897 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1898 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1899
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001900- Gateway IP address:
1901 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1902
1903 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1904 default router where packets to other networks are
1905 sent to.
1906 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1907
1908- Subnet mask:
1909 CONFIG_NETMASK
1910
1911 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1912 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1913 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1914 forwarded through a router.
1915 (Environment variable "netmask")
1916
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001917- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1918 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1919
1920 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1921 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001922 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001923 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1924 multicast group.
1925
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001926- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1927 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1928
1929 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1930 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1931 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1932 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1933 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1934 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1935 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1936 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001937 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001938
1939 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1940 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1941 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1942 4th and following
1943 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1944
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001945- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001946 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1947 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001948
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001949 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1950 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1951 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1952 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1953 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1954 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1955 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1956 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1957 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1958 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1959 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1960 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001961 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001962
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001963 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1964 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001965
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001966 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1967 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1968 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1969 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1970 is not available.
1971
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001972 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1973 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1974 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1975 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1976 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1977 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1978 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001979 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001980
1981 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1982 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1983 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001984 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001985 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1986 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001987
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001988 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1989
1990 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1991 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1992 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1993 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1994 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1995 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1996 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1997 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1998 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1999 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2000 this delay.
2001
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002002 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2003 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2004 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2005 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2006 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2007
2008 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2009
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002010 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002011 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002012
2013 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2014
2015 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2016
2017 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2018 of the device.
2019
2020 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2021
2022 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2023 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002024 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002025
2026 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2027
2028 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2029 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2030
2031 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2032
2033 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2034
2035 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2036
2037 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2038
2039 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2040
2041 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2042
2043 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2044
2045 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2046 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2047
2048 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2049
2050 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2051
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002052- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2053
2054 Several configurations allow to display the current
2055 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2056 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2057 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2058 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2059 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2060 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2061 feature in U-Boot.
2062
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002063 Additional options:
2064
2065 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2066 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2067 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2068 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2069 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2070
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002071 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2072 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2073 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2074 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2075 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2076 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2077
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002078- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2079
2080 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2081 on those systems that support this (optional)
2082 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2083
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002084- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002085
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002086 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2087 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2088 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2089 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2090 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2091 interface.
2092
2093 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002094 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2095 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2096 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2097 for defining speed and slave address
2098 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2099 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2100 for defining speed and slave address
2101 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2102 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2103 for defining speed and slave address
2104 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2105 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2106 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002107
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002108 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2109 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2110 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2111 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2112 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2113 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002114 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002115 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2116 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2117 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2118 second bus.
2119
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002120 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002121 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2122 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2123 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002124
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002125 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2126 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2127 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2128 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2129
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002130 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2131 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2132 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2133 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2134 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2135 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2136 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2137 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2138 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2139 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2140
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002141 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2142 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2143 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2144
2145 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2146 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2147 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2148 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2149 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2150 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2151 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2152 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2153 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2154
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002155 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2156 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2157 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2158
2159 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2160 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2161 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2162 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2163 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2164 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2165 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2166 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2167 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2168 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2169 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2170 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2171 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2172
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002173 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2174 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2175 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2176 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2177 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2178 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2179 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2180 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2181 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2182 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2183 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2184 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2185
Heiko Schocher465819a2013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002186 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2187 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2188 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2189 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2190
Naveen Krishna Ch5d5efd32013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302191 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2192 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2193 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2194 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2195 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2196
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002197 additional defines:
2198
2199 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2200 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2201 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2202 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2203 omit this define.
2204
2205 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2206 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2207 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2208 omit this define.
2209
2210 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2211 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2212 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2213 define.
2214
2215 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2216 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2217 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2218 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2219 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2220
2221 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2222 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2223 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2224 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2225 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2226 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2227 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2228 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2229 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2230 }
2231
2232 which defines
2233 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002234 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2235 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2236 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2237 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2238 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002239 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002240 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2241 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002242
2243 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2244
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002245- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002246
2247 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2248 provides the following compelling advantages:
2249
2250 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2251 - approved multibus support
2252 - better i2c mux support
2253
2254 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002255
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002256 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2257 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2258 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002259
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002260 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002261 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002262 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2263 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002264 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002265
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002266 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002267
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002268 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002269 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002270
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002271 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002272 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002273 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002274 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002275
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002276 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002277 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002278 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2279 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2280 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002281
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002282 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2283
2284 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2285 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2286 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2287 commands until the slave device responds.
2288
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002289 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002290
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002291 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002292 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2293 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002294
2295 I2C_INIT
2296
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002297 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002298 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002299
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002300 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002302 I2C_PORT
2303
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002304 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2305 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2306 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002307
2308 I2C_ACTIVE
2309
2310 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2311 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2312 define can be null.
2313
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002314 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2315
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002316 I2C_TRISTATE
2317
2318 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2319 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2320 define can be null.
2321
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002322 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2323
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002324 I2C_READ
2325
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002326 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2327 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002328
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002329 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2330
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002331 I2C_SDA(bit)
2332
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002333 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2334 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002335
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002336 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002337 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002338 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002339
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002340 I2C_SCL(bit)
2341
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002342 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2343 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002344
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002345 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002346 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002347 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002348
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002349 I2C_DELAY
2350
2351 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2352 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002353 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002354 like:
2355
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002356 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002357
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002358 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2359
2360 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2361 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2362 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2363 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2364
2365 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2366 the generic GPIO functions.
2367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002368 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002369
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002370 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2371 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2372 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2373 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2374 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2375 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2376 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2377 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002378
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002379 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2380
2381 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2382 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2383 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2384 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2385 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2386 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2387 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2388 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2389
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002390 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2391
2392 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2393 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2394 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2395
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002396 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2397
2398 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002399 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2400 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002401 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002403 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002404
2405 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002406 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002407 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2408 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002409
2410 e.g.
2411 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002412 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002413
2414 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2415
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002416 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002417 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002418
2419 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2420
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002421 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002422
2423 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2424 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2425
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002426 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002427
2428 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2429 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2430
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002431 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002432
2433 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2434 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2435
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002436 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002437
2438 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2439 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2440 specified DTT device.
2441
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002442 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2443
2444 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2445 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2446 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2447 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2448 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2449 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2450 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002451
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002452- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2453
2454 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2455 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2456 D/As on the SACSng board)
2457
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002458 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2459
2460 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2461 only SH7757 is supported.
2462
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002463 CONFIG_SPI_X
2464
2465 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2466 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2467
2468 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2469
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002470 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2471 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2472 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2473 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2474 defined, the board configuration must define several
2475 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2476 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002477
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002478 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2479
2480 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2481 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2482 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002483 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002484 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2485
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002486 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2487
2488 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002489 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002490
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002491- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002492
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002493 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2494
2495 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2496
2497 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2498 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002499
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002500 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002501
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002502 Enables support for FPGA family.
2503 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2504
2505 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2506
2507 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002508
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002509 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002511 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002512
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002513 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002514
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002515 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2516 status by the configuration function. This option
2517 will require a board or device specific function to
2518 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002519
2520 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2521
2522 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2523 configuration driver.
2524
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002525 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2527
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002528 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002529
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002530 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2531 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2532 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2533 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002534
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002535 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002536
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002537 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2538 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2539 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002540 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002541
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002542 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002543
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002544 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002545 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002547 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002548
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002549 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002550 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002551
2552- Configuration Management:
2553 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2554
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002555 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2556 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002557
2558- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2559
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002560 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2561 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002562 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002563 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2564 protects these variables from casual modification by
2565 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2566 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002567 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002568
2569 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2570 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002571 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002572 these parameters.
2573
2574 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2575 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002576 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002577 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2578 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2579 read-only.]
2580
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002581 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2582 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2583 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2584 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2585
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002586- Protected RAM:
2587 CONFIG_PRAM
2588
2589 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2590 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2591 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2592 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2593 this default value by defining an environment
2594 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2595 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2596 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2597 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2598 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2599 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2600 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2601
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002602 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603 saveenv
2604
2605 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2606 either, which results in a memory region that will
2607 not be affected by reboots.
2608
2609 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2610 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2611 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2612 following board configurations are known to be
2613 "pRAM-clean":
2614
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002615 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2616 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002617 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002618
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002619- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2620 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2621 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2622 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2623 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2624 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2625 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2626
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002627- Error Recovery:
2628 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2629
2630 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2631 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2632 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002633 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002634 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2635 useful during development since you can try to debug
2636 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2637
2638 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2639
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002640 This variable defines the number of retries for
2641 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2642 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2643 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002644
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002645 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2646
2647 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2648
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002649 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2650
2651 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2652 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2653 try longer timeout such as
2654 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2655
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002656- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002657 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002658
2659 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2660
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002661 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2662 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002663
2664
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002665 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002666
2667 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2668 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2669 powerful command line syntax like
2670 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2671 constructs ("shell scripts").
2672
2673 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2674 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2675
2676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002677 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002678
2679 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2680 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2681 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2682
2683 Note:
2684
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002685 In the current implementation, the local variables
2686 space and global environment variables space are
2687 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2688 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2689 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2690 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2691 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002693 Global environment variables are those you use
2694 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2695 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2696 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002697
2698 To store commands and special characters in a
2699 variable, please use double quotation marks
2700 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2701 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2702 symbols.
2703
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002704- Commandline Editing and History:
2705 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2706
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002707 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkc80857e2006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002708 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002709
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002710- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002711 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2712
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002713 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2714 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002715 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002716
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002717 For example, place something like this in your
2718 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002719
2720 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2721 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2722 "myvar2=value2\0"
2723
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002724 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2725 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2726 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2727 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002728 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002729 You better know what you are doing here.
2730
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002731 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2732 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002733 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002734 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002735
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002736 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2737
2738 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2739 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2740 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2741
2742 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2743
2744 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2745 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2746 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2747 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2748 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2749
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002750 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2751
2752 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2753 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2754 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2755
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002756 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2757
2758 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2759 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2760 that so that the environment is not available until
2761 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2762 this is instead controlled by the value of
2763 /config/load-environment.
2764
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002765- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002766 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2767
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002768 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2769 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2770 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002771
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002772- Serial Flash support
2773 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2774
2775 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2776 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2777
2778 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2779 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2780 commands.
2781
2782 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2783 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2784 flash is present on the system.
2785
2786 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2787 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2788 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2789 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2790
Simon Glass4b5545e2012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002791 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2792
2793 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2794 test ('sf test').
2795
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekic6d173d2013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302796 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2797
2798 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2799 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2800
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekid7f253b2014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302801 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2802
2803 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2804 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2805 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2806
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002807- SystemACE Support:
2808 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2809
2810 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2811 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002812 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002813 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002814
2815 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002816 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002817
2818 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2819 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2820
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002821- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2822 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2823
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002824 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002825 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002826 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002827 number generator is used.
2828
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002829 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2830 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2831 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2832
2833 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002834 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2835 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2836 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2837 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2838 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2839 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2840
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002841- Hashing support:
2842 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2843
2844 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2845 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2846
2847 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2848
2849 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2850 size a little.
2851
2852 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2853 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2854
2855 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2856 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2857
Robert Winkler765ccf42013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002858- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2859 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2860 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2861 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2862
2863 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2864 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2865 a boot from specific media.
2866
2867 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2868 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2869 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2870 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2871 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2872
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002873- Signing support:
2874 CONFIG_RSA
2875
2876 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel49dc73b2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002877 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002878
2879 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2880 option.
2881
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002882- bootcount support:
2883 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2884
2885 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2886 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2887
2888 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2889 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2890 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2891 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2892 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2893 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2894 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2895 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2896 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2897 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2898 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2899 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2900 the bootcounter.
2901 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002902
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002903- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002904 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2905
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002906 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2907 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2908 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2909 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2910 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2911 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002912
Simon Glass31a870e2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002913- Detailed boot stage timing
2914 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2915 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2916 of the boot process.
2917
2918 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2919 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2920 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2921 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2922 the limit, recording will stop.
2923
2924 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2925 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2926
2927 Timer summary in microseconds:
2928 Mark Elapsed Stage
2929 0 0 reset
2930 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2931 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2932 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2933 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2934 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2935 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2936 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2937
Simon Glass4afd88e2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002938 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2939 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2940 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2941
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002942 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2943 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2944 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2945 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2946 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2947 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2948 For example:
2949
2950 bootstage {
2951 154 {
2952 name = "board_init_f";
2953 mark = <3575678>;
2954 };
2955 170 {
2956 name = "lcd";
2957 accum = <33482>;
2958 };
2959 };
2960
2961 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2962
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002963Legacy uImage format:
2964
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002965 Arg Where When
2966 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002967 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002968 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002969 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002970 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002971 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002972 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2973 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2974 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002975 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002976 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2977 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2978 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2979 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002980 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002981 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002982
2983 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2984 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2985 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2986 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2987 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2988 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2989 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002990 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002991 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2992 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2993
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002994 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002996 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002997 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2998 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002999
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003000 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3001 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3002 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3003 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3004 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3005 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3006 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3007 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3008 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3009 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3010 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3011 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3012 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3013 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3014 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3015 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3016 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3017 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3018 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3019 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3020 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3021 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3022 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3023 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3024 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3025 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3026 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3027 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3028 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3029 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3030 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3031 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3032 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3033 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3034 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3035 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3036 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3037 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3038 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3039 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3040 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3041 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3042 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3043 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3044 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3045 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3046 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003047
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003048 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003049
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003050 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003051 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3052 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003053
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003054 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3055 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003056 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003057 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3058 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3059 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003060 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3061 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003062 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003063
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003064FIT uImage format:
3065
3066 Arg Where When
3067 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3068 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3069 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3070 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3071 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3072 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003073 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003074 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3075 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3076 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3077 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3078 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003079 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3080 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003081 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3082 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3083 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3084 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3085 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3086 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3087 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3088 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3089
3090 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3091 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3092 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003093 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003094 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3095 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3096 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3097 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3098 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3099 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3100 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3101 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3102 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3103 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3104 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3105 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3106
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003107 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003108 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3109
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003110 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003111 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3112
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003113 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003114 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3115
Gabe Blackd572e162012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003116- FIT image support:
3117 CONFIG_FIT
3118 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3119
3120 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3121 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3122 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3123 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3124 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3125 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3126
Simon Glass58fe7e52013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003127 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3128 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3129 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3130 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3131
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003132- Standalone program support:
3133 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3134
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003135 This option defines a board specific value for the
3136 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3137 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003138 settings.
3139
3140- Frame Buffer Address:
3141 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3142
3143 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003144 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3145 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3146 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3147 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3148 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3149 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3150 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003151
3152 Please see board_init_f function.
3153
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003154- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3155 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3156 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3157 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3158
3159 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3160 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3161
3162- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3163 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3164
3165 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3166 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3167
3168 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3169
3170 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3171 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3172
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003173- UBI support
3174 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3175
3176 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3177 with the UBI flash translation layer
3178
3179 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3180
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003181 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3182
3183 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3184 warnings and errors enabled.
3185
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003186- UBIFS support
3187 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3188
3189 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3190 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3191
3192 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3193
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003194 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3195
3196 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3197 warnings and errors enabled.
3198
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003199- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003200 CONFIG_SPL
3201 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003202
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003203 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3204 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3205
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003206 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3207 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3208 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3209 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003210 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003211 must not be both defined at the same time.
3212
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003213 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003214 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3215 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3216 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3217 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003218
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003219 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3220 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003221
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003222 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3223 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3224 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3225
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003226 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3227 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3228
3229 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003230 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3231 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3232 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003233 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003234 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003235
3236 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3237 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3238
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003239 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3240 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3241 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3242 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3243
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003244 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3245 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3246
3247 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3248 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003249
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003250 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3251 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3252 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3253 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3254
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003255 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3256 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3257 about the running system.
3258
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003259 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3260 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3261
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003262 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3263 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003264
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003265 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3266 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003267
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003268 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3269 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003270
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003271 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3272 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003273
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003274 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3275 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003276
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003277 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3278 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3279 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3280 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3281 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3282
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003283 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3284 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3285 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3286
3287 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3288 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3289 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3290 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3291 (for falcon mode)
3292
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003293 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3294 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3295
3296 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3297 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3298
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003299 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3300 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3301 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3302
3303 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3304 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3305 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3306
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003307 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3308 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3309 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3310 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3311 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3312
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003313 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3314 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3315 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3316
3317 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3318 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3319
3320 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3321 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3322
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003323 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003324 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3325 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003326
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003327 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3328 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003329 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003330
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003331 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3332 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3333 SPL binary.
3334
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003335 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3336 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3337 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3338 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3339 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3340 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003341 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003342
Prabhakar Kushwahaafffcb02013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303343 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3344 Add support NAND boot
3345
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003346 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003347 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3348
3349 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3350 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3351
3352 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3353 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003354
3355 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003356 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003357
3358 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3359 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3360 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3361
3362 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3363 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3364 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3365
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003366 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3367 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003368
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003369 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3370 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003371
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003372 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3373 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003374
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003375 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3376 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3377
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003378 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3379 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003380
Ying Zhang602f7d32013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003381 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3382 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3383
3384 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3385 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3386 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3387 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3388
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003389 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003390 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3391 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3392 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3393 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3394 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003395
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003396 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3397 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3398 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3399 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3400
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003401 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3402 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3403 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3404 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3405 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3406
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003407- TPL framework
3408 CONFIG_TPL
3409 Enable building of TPL globally.
3410
3411 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3412 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3413 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003414 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3415 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3416 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003417
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003418Modem Support:
3419--------------
3420
Wolfgang Denk8f399b32011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003421[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003422
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003423- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003424 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3425
3426- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3427 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3428
3429- Modem debug support:
3430 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3431
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003432 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3433 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003434
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003435- Interrupt support (PPC):
3436
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003437 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3438 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003439 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003440 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003441 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003442 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003443 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003444 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3445 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3446 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003447
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003448- General:
3449
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003450 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3451 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3452 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003453 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003454 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3455 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3456 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003457
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003458 If there are no modem init strings in the
3459 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3460 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003461 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003462
3463 See also: doc/README.Modem
3464
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003465Board initialization settings:
3466------------------------------
3467
3468During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3469to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3470before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3471following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3472architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3473typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3474
3475- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3476- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3477- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3478- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003479
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003480Configuration Settings:
3481-----------------------
3482
York Sun6c480012014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003483- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3484 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3485
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003486- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003487 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3488
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003489- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3490 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3491
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003492- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493 prompt for user input.
3494
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003495- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003497- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003498
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003499- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003500
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003501- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003502 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3503 booted
3504
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003505- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003506 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3507
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003508- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003509 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003510
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003511- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003512 If the board specific function
3513 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3514 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003515 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3516
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003517- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003518 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003520- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3522
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003523- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003524 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3525 simple memory test.
3526
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003527- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003528 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003530- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003531 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3532 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003534- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3535 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003536 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003537 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003538 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3539 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3540 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003541 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003542 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003543 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003544
3545 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3546 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3547 be touched.
3548
3549 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3550 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3551 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3552 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3553 problems.
3554
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003555- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003558- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003559 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003561- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003562 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3563 Cogent motherboard)
3564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003565- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003566 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3567
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003568- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003569 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3570 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003571 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003572 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003573
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003574- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003575 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3576 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3577 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3578 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003579
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003580- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003581 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3582
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003583- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003584 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3585 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003586 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003587 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3588
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003589- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003590 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3591 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003592 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3593 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003594 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003595 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003596 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003597 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3598 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3599 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003600
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003601- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3602 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3603 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3604 is enabled.
3605
3606- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3607 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3608 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3609
3610- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3611 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3612 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3613
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003614- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615 Max number of Flash memory banks
3616
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003617- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003618 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3619
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003620- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3622
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003623- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003624 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3625
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003626- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003627 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3628
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003629- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003630 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3631
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003632- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003633 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3634 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003636- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003637
3638 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3639 without this option such a download has to be
3640 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3641 copy from RAM to flash.
3642
3643 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3644 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003645 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3646 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003647 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3648
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003649- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003650 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003651 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3652
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003653- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003654 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3655 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003657- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3658 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3659 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3660 to the MTD layer.
3661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003662- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003663 Use buffered writes to flash.
3664
3665- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3666 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3667 write commands.
3668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003669- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003670 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3671 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3672 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3673 optionally available.
3674
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003675- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3676 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3677 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3678 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3679
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003680- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3681 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3682 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3683 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3684 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3685 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3686 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3687 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3688
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003689- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003690 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3691 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003692 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3693 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003694 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003695 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3696
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003697- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3698
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003699 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3700 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3701 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3702 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3703 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003704
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003705- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3706- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003707 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003708 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3709 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3710 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3711
3712 The format of the list is:
3713 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003714 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3715 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003716 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3717 list = entry[,list]
3718
3719 The type attributes are:
3720 s - String (default)
3721 d - Decimal
3722 x - Hexadecimal
3723 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3724 i - IP address
3725 m - MAC address
3726
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003727 The access attributes are:
3728 a - Any (default)
3729 r - Read-only
3730 o - Write-once
3731 c - Change-default
3732
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003733 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3734 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3735 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3736
3737 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3738 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3739 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3740 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3741 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3742 ".flags" variable.
3743
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003744- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3745 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3746 access flags.
3747
Simon Glass66828322013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003748- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3749 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3750 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3751 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3752 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3753 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3754 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3755 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3756 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3757
Lokesh Vutla100c2d82013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003758- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3759 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3760 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3761 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass9c9f44a2013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003762
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003763The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3764of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3765following configurations:
3766
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003767- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3768
3769 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3770 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003772- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003773
3774 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3775
3776 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3777 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3778 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3779 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3780 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3781 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3782 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3783 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3784 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3785 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3786 between U-Boot and the environment.
3787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003788 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003789
3790 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3791 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3792 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3793 for this sector is given here.
3794
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003795 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003797 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798
3799 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3800 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003801 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003802
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003803 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003804
3805 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3806
3807
3808 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3809 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3810 the environment.
3811
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003812 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003813
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003814 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003815 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003816 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3817 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3818
3819 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3820 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3821 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3822 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3823 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3824 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3825 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3826 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3827 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3828
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003829 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3830 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003831
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003832 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003833 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003834 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003835 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003836
3837BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3838source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3839accordingly!
3840
3841
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003842- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003843
3844 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3845 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3846 environment.
3847
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003848 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3849 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003850
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003851 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003852 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3853 can just be read and written to, without any special
3854 provision.
3855
3856BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3857in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003858console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003859U-Boot will hang.
3860
3861Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3862environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3863keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3864to save the current settings.
3865
3866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003867- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003868
3869 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3870 device and a driver for it.
3871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003872 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3873 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003874
3875 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3876 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3877
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003878 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003879 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3880 The default address is zero.
3881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003882 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003883 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3884 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3885 would require six bits.
3886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003887 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003889 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003891 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003892 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3893 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3894
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003895 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003896 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3897 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3898 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3899 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3900 byte chips.
3901
3902 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3903 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3904 in the chip address.
3905
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003906 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003907 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3908
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003909 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3910 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3911 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3912
3913 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3914 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3915 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3916 EEPROM. For example:
3917
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003918 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003919
3920 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3921 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003922
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003923- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003924
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003925 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003926 want to use for the environment.
3927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003928 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3929 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3930 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003931
3932 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3933 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3934 at the specified address.
3935
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003936- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3937
3938 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3939 want to use for the local device's environment.
3940
3941 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3942 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3943
3944 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3945 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3946 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003947 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003948
3949BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3950"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003951environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3952but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003953
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003954- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003955
3956 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3957 for the environment.
3958
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003959 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3960 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003961
3962 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003963 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3964 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003965
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003966 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003967
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003968 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003969 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3970 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003971 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003972 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3973
3974 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3975
3976 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3977 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3978 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3979 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3980 the range to be avoided.
3981
3982 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003983
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003984 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3985 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3986 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3987 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3988 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003989
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003990- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3991
3992 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3993 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3994 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3995
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003996- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3997
3998 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3999 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4000 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4001
4002 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4003
4004 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4005
4006 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4007
4008 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4009 environment in.
4010
Joe Hershbergerdb14e862013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004011 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4012
4013 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4014 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4015 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4016
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004017 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4018 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4019
4020 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4021 when storing the env in UBI.
4022
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004023- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4024
4025 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4026 environment.
4027
4028 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4029
4030 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4031
4032 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4033
4034 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4035 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4036 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4037
4038 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4039 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4040
4041 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4042 area within the specified MMC device.
4043
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004044 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4045 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4046 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4047 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4048 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4049 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4050 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4051
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004052 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4053 MMC sector boundary.
4054
4055 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4056
4057 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4058 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4059 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4060 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4061
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004062 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4063 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4064
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004065 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4066 an MMC sector boundary.
4067
4068 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4069
4070 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4071 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4072 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4073
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004074- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004075
4076 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4077 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4078 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4079 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4080 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4081 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4082 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4083
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004084Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004085has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004086created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004087until then to read environment variables.
4088
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004089The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4090is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4091with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4092necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4093"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4094have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004095
4096Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4097the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004098use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004100- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004101 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004102
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004103 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004104 also needs to be defined.
4105
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004106- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004107 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004108
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004109- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4110 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4111 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4112 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4113 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4114 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4115
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004116- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4117 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4118 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4119 to do this.
4120
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004121- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4122 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4123 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4124 present.
4125
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004126Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004127---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004128
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004129- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004130 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4131
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004132- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004133 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004134
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004135 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4136 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4137 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004138
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004139- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4140 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4141 PowerPC SOCs.
4142
4143- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4144 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4145 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4146
4147 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4148 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4149
4150- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4151 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4152 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004153 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004154 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4155 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4156 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4157
4158 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4159 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4160
4161- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004162 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4163 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004164 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4165 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4166
4167- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4168 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4169 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4170 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4171
4172- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4173 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4174 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4175
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004176- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004177 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004178
4179 the default drive number (default value 0)
4180
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004181 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004182
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004183 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004184 (default value 1)
4185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004186 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004187
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004188 defines the offset of register from address. It
4189 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004190 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004191
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004192 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4193 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004194 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004195
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004196 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004197 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4198 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4199 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4200 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004201
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004202- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4203 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4204 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4205 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4206 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4207 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4208 is requierd.
4209
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004210- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004211 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004212 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004214- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004216 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004217 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4218 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4219 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4220 will become available only after programming the
4221 memory controller and running certain initialization
4222 sequences.
4223
4224 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4225 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4226 - MPC824X: data cache
4227 - PPC4xx: data cache
4228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004229- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004230
4231 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004232 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4233 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004234 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004235 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004236 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4237 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4238 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004239
4240 Note:
4241 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4242 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004243 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004244 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4245 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004247- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004249- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004251- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004252
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004253- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004255- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004257- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004258
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004259- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004260 SDRAM timing
4261
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004262- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263 periodic timer for refresh
4264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004265- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004266
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004267- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4268 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4269 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4270 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004271 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4272
4273- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004274 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4275 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4277
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004278- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4279 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004280 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4281 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4282
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004283- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004284 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4285 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004287- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004288 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4289 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004291- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004292 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4293 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4294
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004295- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4297 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4298 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4299
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004300- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004301 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4302 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4303 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4304 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004305
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004306- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4307 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4308 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4309 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4310 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4311 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4312 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4313 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004314 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004315
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004316- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4317 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4318 required.
4319
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004320- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4321 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4322 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4323 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4324 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4325 by coreboot or similar.
4326
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004327- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4328 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4329
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004330- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4331 Chip has SRIO or not
4332
4333- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4334 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4335
4336- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4337 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4338
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004339- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4340 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4341
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004342- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4343 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4344
4345- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4346 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4347
4348- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4349 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4350
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004351- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4352 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4353 a 16 bit bus.
4354 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004355 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004356 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004357 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004358
4359- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4360 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4361 a default value will be used.
4362
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004363- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004364 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4365 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4366
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004367 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4368 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4369
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004370- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004371 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4372 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4373 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004374
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004375- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4376 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4377 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4378 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4379 header files or board specific files.
4380
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004381- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4382 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004384- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004385 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4386 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004387
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004388- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4389 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4390
4391- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4392 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004393 to the given FEC; i. e.
4394 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004395 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4396
4397 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4398
4399- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4400 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4401 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4402
4403- CONFIG_RMII
4404 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4405 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4406 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4407
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004408- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4409 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4410 The syntax is:
4411
4412 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4413
4414 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4415 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4416 area should have.
4417
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004418- CONFIG_LOOPW
4419 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004420 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004421
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004422- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4423 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4424 "md/mw" commands.
4425 Examples:
4426
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004427 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004428 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4429
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004430 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004431 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4432
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004433 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004434 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004435
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004436- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004437 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004438 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4439 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4440 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004441
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004442 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4443 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4444 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4445 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004446
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004447- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004448 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4449 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4450 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004451
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004452- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4453 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4454 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4455 It is loaded by the SPL.
4456
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004457- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4458 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4459 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4460 previous 4k of the .text section.
4461
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004462- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4463 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4464 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4465 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4466 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4467 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4468 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4469 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4470
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004471- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4472 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4473 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4474 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4475 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4476
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004477- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4478 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4479 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004480
Mark Jackson52b003c2013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004481- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4482 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4483
4484 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black76ce2492012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004485
Heiko Schocher2233e462013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004486- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4487 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4488
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004489Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4490-----------------------------------
4491
4492The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4493loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4494This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4495are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4496within that device.
4497
4498- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4499 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4500 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4501 is also specified.
4502
4503- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4504 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4505 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4506 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4507 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4508
4509- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4510 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4511 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4512 virtual address in NOR flash.
4513
4514- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4515 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4516 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4517
4518- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4519 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4520 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4521
4522- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4523 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4524 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4525
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004526- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4527 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4528 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004529 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4530 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4531 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004532
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004533Building the Software:
4534======================
4535
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004536Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4537and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4538all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4539(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4540recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4541which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004543If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4544have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4545you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4546Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4547necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004548
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004549 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4550 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004551
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004552Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4553 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4554 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4555 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4556
4557 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4558
4559 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4560 be executed on computers running Windows.
4561
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004562U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4563sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004564is done by typing:
4565
4566 make NAME_config
4567
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004568where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004569rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004570
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004571Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4572 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4573 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4574 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004575 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004577 make TQM823L_config
4578 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004579
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004580 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4581 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004582
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004583 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004584
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004585
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004586Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4587images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004588
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004589- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4590- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4591- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004592
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004593By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4594in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4595this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4596
45971. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4598
4599 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4600 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4601 make O=/tmp/build all
4602
46032. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4604
4605 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4606 make distclean
4607 make NAME_config
4608 make all
4609
4610Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4611variable.
4612
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004614Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4615for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4616native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4620to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4621steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046231. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004624 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4625 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046262. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4627 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4628 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
46293. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4630 your board
46313. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4632 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
46334. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
46345. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4635 to be installed on your target system.
46366. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4637 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004638
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004639
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004640Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4641==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004642
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004643If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4644or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4646the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004647official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004648
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004649But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4650cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004651the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4652just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004653for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4654select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4655environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4656you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004657
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004658 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004662 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004664When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4665U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4666setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4667built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4668<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4669location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4670variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004671
4672 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4673 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4674 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4675
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004676With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4677log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4678during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004679
4680
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004682
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004683
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004684Monitor Commands - Overview:
4685============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687go - start application at address 'addr'
4688run - run commands in an environment variable
4689bootm - boot application image from memory
4690bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004691bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004692tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4693 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4694 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004695tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4697diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4698loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4699loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4700md - memory display
4701mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4702nm - memory modify (constant address)
4703mw - memory write (fill)
4704cp - memory copy
4705cmp - memory compare
4706crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004707i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004708sspi - SPI utility commands
4709base - print or set address offset
4710printenv- print environment variables
4711setenv - set environment variables
4712saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4713protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4714erase - erase FLASH memory
4715flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004716nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004717bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4718iminfo - print header information for application image
4719coninfo - print console devices and informations
4720ide - IDE sub-system
4721loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004722loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723mtest - simple RAM test
4724icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4725dcache - enable or disable data cache
4726reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4727echo - echo args to console
4728version - print monitor version
4729help - print online help
4730? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004732
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004733Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4734========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004736TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004738For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004739
4740
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004741Environment Variables:
4742======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004744U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4745can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4748"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4749without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4750environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4751working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4752environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004754Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4755
4756List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004757
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004758 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004760 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004762 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004763
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004764 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004768 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4769 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4770 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4771 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4772 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4773 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004774 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4775 bootm_mapsize.
4776
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004777 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004778 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4779 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4780 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4781 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4782 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4783 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004784
4785 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4786 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4787 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4788 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4789 environment variable.
4790
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004791 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4792 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4793 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4794
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004795 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4796 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4797 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4798 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004800 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4801 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4802 be automatically started (by internally calling
4803 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004804
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004805 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4806 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4807 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4808 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4809 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004810
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004811 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4812 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004813 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4814 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4815 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4816 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4817 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4818 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4819 access it during the boot procedure.
4820
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004821 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4822 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4823 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4824 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4825 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4826 must be accessible by the kernel.
4827
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004828 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4829 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4830 defined.
4831
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004832 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4833 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4834 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4835 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4836 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4837
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004838 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4839 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4840 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4841 is usually what you want since it allows for
4842 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4843 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004844 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004845 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4846 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4847 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4848 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004849
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004850 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4851 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4852 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4853 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4854 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4855 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004857 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004858
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004859 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4860 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4861 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4862 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4863 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4864 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4865 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004866
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004867 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004868
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4870 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004871
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004872 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004873
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004874 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004875
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004876 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004877
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004879
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004880 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004881
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004882 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004883
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004884 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4885 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004887 => setenv ethact FEC
4888 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4889 => setenv ethact SCC
4890 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004891
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004892 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4893 available network interfaces.
4894 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4895
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004896 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004897 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4898 When set to "once" the network operation will
4899 fail when all the available network interfaces
4900 are tried once without success.
4901 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4902 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004904 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004905
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004906 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4907 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4908 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4909 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4910 is silent.
4911
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004912 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004913 UDP source port.
4914
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004915 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4916 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4917
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004918 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4919 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4920
4921 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4922 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4923 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4924 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4925 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4926 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4927 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4928
4929 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004930 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004931 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004932
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004933The following image location variables contain the location of images
4934used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4935not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4936variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4937server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4938loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4939flash or offset in NAND flash.
4940
4941*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4942boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4943boards use these variables for other purposes.
4944
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004945Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4946----- --------- ----------- --------------
4947u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4948Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4949device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4950ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004951
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004952The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4953updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4954depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004955
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004956 bootfile - see above
4957 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4958 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4959 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4960 hostname - Target hostname
4961 ipaddr - see above
4962 netmask - Subnet Mask
4963 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4964 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004965
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004966
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004967There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004968
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004969 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4970 as type string and/or serial number
4971 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004973These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4974the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4975once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004976
4977
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004978Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004979
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004980 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4981 with the "version" command. This variable is
4982 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004983
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004984
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004985Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4986only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004987
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004988
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004989Callback functions for environment variables:
4990---------------------------------------------
4991
4992For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4993when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4994be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4995deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4996effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4997
4998The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4999U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5000
5001These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5002static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5003in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5004associations. The list must be in the following format:
5005
5006 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5007 list = entry[,list]
5008
5009If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5010Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5011
5012Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5013with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5014override any association in the static list. You can define
5015CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5016".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5017
5018
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005019Command Line Parsing:
5020=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005021
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5023the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005024
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005025Old, simple command line parser:
5026--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005027
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5029- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005030- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005031- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5032 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005033 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005034- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5035 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005036
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005037Hush shell:
5038-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005039
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005040- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5041 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5042 until...do...done, ...
5043- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5044 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5045 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5046 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005047
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048General rules:
5049--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005050
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005051(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5052 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5053 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5054 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005055
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005056(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005057 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5059 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005060
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005061Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5062=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005063
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005064Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5066"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005067
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005068Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5069MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5070"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005071
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5073in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5074ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5075variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005076
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005077o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5078 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005079
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005080o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5081 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5082 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005083
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5085 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005086
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005087o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5088 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5089 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005090
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5092 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005094If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005095will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005096may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5097The naming convention is as follows:
5098"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005099
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005100Image Formats:
5101==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005102
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005103U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5104images in two formats:
5105
5106New uImage format (FIT)
5107-----------------------
5108
5109Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5110to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5111components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5112SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5113
5114
5115Old uImage format
5116-----------------
5117
5118Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5119preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5120details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5123 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005124 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5125 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5126 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005127* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005128 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5129 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5131* Load Address
5132* Entry Point
5133* Image Name
5134* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005135
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005136The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5137and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5138CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141Linux Support:
5142==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005143
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005144Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5145easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5146U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5149special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5150"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5151instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5152serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005154- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5155 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5156 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005157
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5159 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005160
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5162 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5163 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5164 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5165 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5166 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005168
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169Linux HOWTO:
5170============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005171
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005172Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5173---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005174
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5176configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5177(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5178Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005179
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005180But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5183include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005184Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5185and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005186as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005187
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005189Configuring the Linux kernel:
5190-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005191
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005192No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5193device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005194
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005195
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005196Building a Linux Image:
5197-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005198
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005199With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5200not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5201"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5202U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5203which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5204100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005205
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005207
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005208 make TQM850L_config
5209 make oldconfig
5210 make dep
5211 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005213The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5214encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5215CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005216
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005217* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005218
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005220
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005221 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5222 -R .note -R .comment \
5223 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005224
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005225* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005226
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005227 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005228
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005230
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5232 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5233 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005234
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005235
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005236The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5237with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5238combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5239byte header containing information about target architecture,
5240operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5241stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005242
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005243"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5244print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005245
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005246In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5247contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5248checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005249
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005250 tools/mkimage -l image
5251 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005252
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5254from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005255
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005256 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5257 -n name -d data_file image
5258 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5259 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5260 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5261 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5262 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5263 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5264 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5265 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005266
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005267Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5268address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5269kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5272- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005273
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005274So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005275
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5277 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005278 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5280 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5281 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5282 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5283 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5284 Load Address: 0x00000000
5285 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005288
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005289 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5290 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5291 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5292 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5293 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5294 Load Address: 0x00000000
5295 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005297NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5298speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5299needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5300need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005301
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005302 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5304 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005305 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005306 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5307 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5308 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5309 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5310 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5311 Load Address: 0x00000000
5312 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005313
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005314
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5316when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005317
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005318 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5319 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5320 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5321 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5322 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5323 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5324 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5325 Load Address: 0x00000000
5326 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005327
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005328The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5329option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5330option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5331from the image:
5332
5333 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5334 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5335 indexed by 'position'
5336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005337
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005338Installing a Linux Image:
5339-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005340
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005341To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5342you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005343
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005344 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005345
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005346The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5347image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5348address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5349specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5350command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005351
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005352Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5353TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005354
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005355 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005356
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005357 .......... done
5358 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005359
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360 => loads 40100000
5361 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5362 ~>examples/image.srec
5363 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5364 ...
5365 15989 15990 15991 15992
5366 [file transfer complete]
5367 [connected]
5368 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005369
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005370
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005371You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005372this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005373corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005374
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005376
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005377 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5378 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5379 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5380 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5381 Load Address: 00000000
5382 Entry Point: 0000000c
5383 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005384
5385
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005386Boot Linux:
5387-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005388
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005389The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5390memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5391of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5392parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5393"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005394
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005395
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005396 => printenv bootargs
5397 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005398
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005399 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005400
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401 => printenv bootargs
5402 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005403
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005404 => bootm 40020000
5405 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5406 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5407 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5408 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5409 Load Address: 00000000
5410 Entry Point: 0000000c
5411 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5412 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5413 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5414 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5415 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5416 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5417 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5418 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005419
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005420If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005421the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5422format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005423
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005425
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005426 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5427 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5428 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5429 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5430 Load Address: 00000000
5431 Entry Point: 0000000c
5432 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005433
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005434 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5435 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5436 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5437 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5438 Load Address: 00000000
5439 Entry Point: 00000000
5440 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005441
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005442 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5443 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5444 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5445 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5446 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5447 Load Address: 00000000
5448 Entry Point: 0000000c
5449 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5450 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5451 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5452 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5453 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5454 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5455 Load Address: 00000000
5456 Entry Point: 00000000
5457 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5458 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5459 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5460 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5461 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5462 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5463 ...
5464 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5465 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005466
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005467 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005468
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005469Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5470-----------
5471
5472First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5473titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5474following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5475flat device tree:
5476
5477=> print oftaddr
5478oftaddr=0x300000
5479=> print oft
5480oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5481=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5482Speed: 1000, full duplex
5483Using TSEC0 device
5484TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5485Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5486Load address: 0x300000
5487Loading: #
5488done
5489Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5490=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5491Speed: 1000, full duplex
5492Using TSEC0 device
5493TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5494Filename 'uImage'.
5495Load address: 0x200000
5496Loading:############
5497done
5498Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5499=> print loadaddr
5500loadaddr=200000
5501=> print oftaddr
5502oftaddr=0x300000
5503=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5504## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005505 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5506 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5507 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005508 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005509 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005510 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5511 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5512Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5513Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5514Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5515[snip]
5516
5517
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005518More About U-Boot Image Types:
5519------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005520
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005521U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005522
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005523 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5524 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5525 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5526 the Standalone Program.
5527 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5528 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5529 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5530 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5531 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5532 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5533 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5534 being started.
5535 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5536 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5537 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5538 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5539 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5540 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005541
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005542 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5543 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5544 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5545 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5546 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5547 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005548
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005549 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5550 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5551 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005552
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005553 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5554 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5555 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5556 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005557
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005558Booting the Linux zImage:
5559-------------------------
5560
5561On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5562using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5563as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5564
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005565Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005566kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5567address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5568format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5569
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005570
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005571Standalone HOWTO:
5572=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005573
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005574One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5575run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5576U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005577
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005578Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005579
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005580"Hello World" Demo:
5581-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005582
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005583'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5584application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5585It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5586like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005587
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005588 => loads
5589 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5590 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5591 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5592 [file transfer complete]
5593 [connected]
5594 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005595
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005596 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5597 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5598 Hello World
5599 argc = 7
5600 argv[0] = "40004"
5601 argv[1] = "Hello"
5602 argv[2] = "World!"
5603 argv[3] = "This"
5604 argv[4] = "is"
5605 argv[5] = "a"
5606 argv[6] = "test."
5607 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5608 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005609
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005611
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5613handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5614Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5615The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5616character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5617controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005618
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5620 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5621 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5622 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005623
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005624 => loads
5625 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5626 ~>examples/timer.srec
5627 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5628 [file transfer complete]
5629 [connected]
5630 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005631
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005632 => go 40004
5633 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5634 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5635 Using timer 1
5636 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005637
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005638Hit 'b':
5639 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5640 Enabling timer
5641Hit '?':
5642 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5643 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5644Hit '?':
5645 [q, b, e, ?] .
5646 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5647Hit '?':
5648 [q, b, e, ?] .
5649 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5650Hit '?':
5651 [q, b, e, ?] .
5652 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5653Hit 'e':
5654 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5655Hit 'q':
5656 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005657
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005658
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005659Minicom warning:
5660================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005661
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5663"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5664consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5665Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5666especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005667use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5668http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5669for help with kermit.
5670
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005671
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005672Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5673configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005674
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005675 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5676 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5677 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005678
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005679
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680NetBSD Notes:
5681=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005682
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005683Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5684(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005685
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005686Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5687NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5688need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5689Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5690attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5691missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005692
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005693 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5694 # mkdir powerpc
5695 # ln -s powerpc machine
5696 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5697 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005698
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005699Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5700and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005701
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005702Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5703stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5704proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5705tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005706meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005708
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005709Implementation Internals:
5710=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005711
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005712The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5713implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5714inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5715hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005716
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005717
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005718Initial Stack, Global Data:
5719---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005720
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005721The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5722starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5723system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5724This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5725is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5726at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5727options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5728models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5729MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5730locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005731
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005732 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005733 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005734
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5736 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5737 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5738 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005739
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005740 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5741 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5742 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5743 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5744 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005745 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005746 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5747 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005748
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5750 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005751 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005752 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5753 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5754 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5755 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005756
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005757 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005758 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5759 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005760 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005761 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5762 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5763 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5764 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5765 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005766
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005767 -Chris Hallinan
5768 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005769
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5771code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005772
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005773* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5774 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005775
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005776* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005777 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5778 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005779
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005780* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5781 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005782
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005783Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5784normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5785turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5786simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5787functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5788functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5789the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5790place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5791reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005792
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5794relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5795GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005796
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005797For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5798 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005799 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005800 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5801 R5-R10: parameter passing
5802 R13: small data area pointer
5803 R30: GOT pointer
5804 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005805
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005806 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5807 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5808 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005809
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005810 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005811
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5813 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5814 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5815 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5816 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5817 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005818
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005819On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005820 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5821
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005822 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005823
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005824On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005825
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826 R0: function argument word/integer result
5827 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005828 R9: platform specific
5829 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005830 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5831 R12: temporary workspace
5832 R13: stack pointer
5833 R14: link register
5834 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005835
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005836 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5837
5838 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005839
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005840On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5841 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5842
5843 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5844
5845 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5846 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5847
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005848On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5849
5850 R0-R1: argument/return
5851 R2-R5: argument
5852 R15: temporary register for assembler
5853 R16: trampoline register
5854 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5855 R29: global pointer (GP)
5856 R30: link register (LP)
5857 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5858 PC: program counter (PC)
5859
5860 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5861
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005862NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5863or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005864
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005865Memory Management:
5866------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005867
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5869MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005870
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5872controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5873memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5874physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005875
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005876U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5877TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5878booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5879to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005880memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005881configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5882Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005883
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005884Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5885of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005886
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005887So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5888this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005889
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005890 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5891 :
5892 0x0000 1FFF
5893 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5894 :
5895 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005896
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005897 :
5898 :
5899 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5900 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5901 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5902 :
5903 0x00FD FFFF
5904 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5905 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5906 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5907 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005908
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005909
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005910System Initialization:
5911----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005912
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005913In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005914(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005915configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5916To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5917To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5918initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5919which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5920part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5921the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005922
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005923Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5924preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5925(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5926on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5927programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5928simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5929banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005930
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005931When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5932different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5933bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
59340x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5935contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005936
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005937Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5938and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5939Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5940pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005941
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005942Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5943until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5944running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5945new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005946
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005947
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005948U-Boot Porting Guide:
5949----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005950
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005951[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5952list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005953
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005955int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005956{
5957 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005958
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005959 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5960 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005961
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005963 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005964 return 0;
5965 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005966
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005967 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00005968
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005969 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005970
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005971 if (clueless)
5972 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005974 while (learning) {
5975 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005976 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5977 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005978 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005979 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005980 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005981
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005982 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5983 Buy a BDI3000;
5984 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005985 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005986
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005987 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5988 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5989 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5990 } else {
5991 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5992 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5993 }
5994 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5995 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005996
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005997 while (!accepted) {
5998 while (!running) {
5999 do {
6000 Add / modify source code;
6001 } until (compiles);
6002 Debug;
6003 if (clueless)
6004 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6005 }
6006 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6007 if (reasonable critiques)
6008 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6009 else
6010 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00006011 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006012
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006013 return 0;
6014}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006015
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006016void no_more_time (int sig)
6017{
6018 hire_a_guru();
6019}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006020
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006021
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006022Coding Standards:
6023-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006024
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006025All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006026coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006027"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006028
6029Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6030MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6031reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6032sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006033
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006034Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6035Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6036in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00006037
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006038Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6039- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006040- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006041- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006042- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006043- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006044
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006045Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6046with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006047
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006048
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006049Submitting Patches:
6050-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006051
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006052Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6053establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6054may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006055
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006056Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006057
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006058Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6059see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6060
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006061When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6062it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006063
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006064* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6065 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6066 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006067
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006068* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6069 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006070
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006071* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006072
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006073* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006074
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006075* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6076 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006077
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006078* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6079 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006080
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006081* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6082 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006083 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006084 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6085 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00006086
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006087 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6088 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6089 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006090
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006091 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6092 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6093 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6094 affected files).
6095
6096 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6097 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006098
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006099* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6100 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00006101
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006102* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6103 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006104
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006105
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006106Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006107
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006108* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6109 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6110 for any of the boards.
6111
6112* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6113 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6114 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006115
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006116* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6117 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6118 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6119 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6120 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6121 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006122
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006123* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6124 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6125 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6126 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.